thumbnails - download.e-bookshelf.de€¦ · chapter 2: the alcatel-lucent 7750 sr and 7450 ess...
TRANSCRIPT
ldquo A practical and thorough guide to the fundamentals of IP Service Routing the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification has proven to be an invaluable tool for our Operations team It is a key component of our IP knowledge curriculum We are encouraging our employees to obtain this certification from Alcatel-Lucentrdquo
mdash Glenn Garbelman Director Video Operations Center (IP Operations) ATampT
ldquo We are pleased with the leadership Alcatel-Lucent is showing in IP training and net-work knowledge transfer The SR Certification program courses are of high quality and supported with excellent practical labs TELUS uses this training as part of our comprehensive strategy to introduce and manage our innovative suite of IP services in order to meet and exceed customer expectationsrdquo
mdash Fraser Pajak Vice-president Service Management Data Centre and CO Operations TELUS
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Self-Study GuidePreparing for the Network Routing Specialist I (NRS 1) Certification Exam (4A0-100)
Kent Hundley Alcatel-Lucent NRS I No 1558
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide Preparing for the Network Routing Specialist I (NRS 1) Certification Exam (4A0-100)
Published by Wiley Publishing Inc 10475 Crosspoint Boulevard Indianapolis IN 46256 wwwwileycom
Copyright copy 2009 Alcatel-Lucent All Rights Reserved
Published by Wiley Publishing Inc Indianapolis Indiana
Published simultaneously in Canada
ISBN 978-0-470-42906-8
Manufactured in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording scanning or otherwise except as permitted under Sec-tions 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without either the prior written permission of the Publisher or authorization through payment of the appropriate per-copy fee to the Copyright Clearance Center 222 Rosewood Drive Danvers MA 01923 (978) 750-8400 fax (978) 646-8600 Requests to the Publisher for per-mission should be addressed to the Permissions Department John Wiley amp Sons Inc 111 River Street Hoboken NJ 07030 (201) 748-6011 fax (201) 748-6008 or online at httpwwwwileycomgopermissions
Limit of LiabilityDisclaimer of Warranty The publisher and the author make no representations or warranties with respect to the accuracy or completeness of the contents of this work and specifically disclaim all warranties including without limitation warranties of fitness for a particular purpose No warranty may be created or extended by sales or promotional materials The advice and strategies contained herein may not be suitable for every situ-ation This work is sold with the understanding that the publisher is not engaged in rendering legal accounting or other professional services If professional assistance is required the services of a competent professional person should be sought Neither the publisher nor the author shall be liable for damages arising herefrom The fact that an organization or Web site is referred to in this work as a citation andor a potential source of further information does not mean that the author or the publisher endorses the information the organization or Web site may provide or recommendations it may make Further readers should be aware that Internet Web sites listed in this work may have changed or disappeared between when this work was written and when it is read
For general information on our other products and services please contact our Customer Care Department within the United States at (877) 762-2974 outside the United States at (317) 572-3993 or fax (317) 572-4002
Wiley publishes in a variety of print and electronic formats and by print-on-demand Some material included with standard print versions of this book may not be included in e-books or in print-on-demand If this book refers to media such as a CD or DVD that is not included in the version you purchased you may download this material at httpbooksupportwileycom For more information about Wiley products visit wwwwileycom
Library of Congress Control Number 2009927345
Trademarks Wiley and the Wiley logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of John Wiley amp Sons Inc andor its affiliates in the United States and other countries and may not be used without written permission Alcatel Lucent Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Wiley Publishing Inc is not associated with any product or vendor men-tioned in this book
Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears in print may not be available in electronic books
About the AuthorKent Hundley (Alcatel-Lucent NRS I No 1558) is a professional services IT consul-tant with more than 17 years of experience in the networking field Kent has been a consultant for more than 12 years and has worked with numerous Fortune 100 enterprise clients and service provider customers in the areas of network architecture design network operations network management solutions application analysis and the design of security solutions He is the author of several books on security and IP-related technologies and currently works as a consultant for a leading provider of solu-tions for managing networks and applications
Credits
Executive Editor
Carol lonG
Development Editor
sara shlaer
Technical Editors
Glenn WarnoCk anand raj
Production Editor
Christine orsquoConnor
Copy Editor
Cate CaFFrey
Editorial Director
robyn b siesky
Editorial Manager
mary beth WakeField
Production Manager
tim tate
Vice President and Executive Group Publisher
riChard sWadley
Vice President and Executive Publisher
barry Pruett
Associate Publisher
jim minatel
Project Coordinator Cover
lynsey stanFord
Compositor
maureen Forys haPPenstanCe tyPe-o-rama
Proofreader
nanCy CarrasCo
Indexer
ted laux
AcknowledgmentsI would like to express my thanks to Alcatel-Lucent for the opportunity to write this book and their support throughout this project Without the access to their labs and continual assistance on technical matters this work would not have been possible I especially single out Glenn Warnock (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 2) for his tremendous help with reviewing the content and his assistance with numerous technical questions throughout the process along with Anand Raj (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 14) for his technical support I also extend my gratitude to Michael Anderson (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 24) for writing all the lab exercises His input will certainly make this a valuable learning tool for those seeking the NRS I certification And to Stephanie Chasse and Karyn Lennon thank you for all of your ideas on the concept of this book its design and driving this team to get this book done
I also extend a great thanks to Chris Butler for his efforts and contributions to the contents of the OSPF and BGP chapters Of course any flaws with the present work are entirely my own and not those of others
Special thanks to the staff at Wiley Publishing for their untiring support and unwavering dedication to getting this project completed on time In particular Sara Shlaer played a key role in ensuring a successful outcome
Most importantly I thank my wife Lori and my children Sophia and Patrick for their love support and understanding during the nights and weekends I had to spend time away from our family to work Although Sophia and Patrick are still too young to completely understand the particulars they knew that I was not always available dur-ing our normal playtime and they had to ldquolet daddy work on his bookrdquo
About the Contributing AuthorChris Butler a Senior Network Architect currently working for the US Government has 15+ years of experience designing and implementing networking and security solutions in the US Government insurance financial and other commercial industries He was the lead author for the book entitled IT Security Interviews Exposed Secrets to Landing Your Next Information Security Job Chris lives and works in the DC Area with his wife and five children
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313
Chapter 9 OSPF 355
Chapter 10 BGP 393
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525
Glossary 649Index 675
Contents at a Glance
CONTENTS xi
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1Pre-Assessment 211 Before the Internet 4
ARPANET Genesis of the Internet 4ARPANET Challenges and the Origin of TCPIP 6From War Room to Boardroom The Internet Comes of Age 8
12 Service Providers and Content Providers 913 Modern Internet Service Providers 1314 Overview of TCPIP 15
Understanding the TCPIP Layers 18Forwarding Data 21The OSI Reference Model 27
Chapter Review 31Post-Assessment 32
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Pre-Assessment 3821 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router Family 40
The Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch Group 42Control Plane versus Data Plane 44Physical Components of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Series 45How Packets Are Processed by the IOM 47Basic Bootup Components 48System Initialization Process 50The Boot Options 51
22 Command-Line Interface 54Provisioning the Alcatel-Lucent SRESS Systems 58Using Logs and Alarms 62
Contents
xii CONTENTS
Practice Lab Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the CLI 66Lab Section 21 First Contact 66Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 69Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 75
Chapter Review 78Post-Assessment 79
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83Pre-Assessment 8431 OSI Layer 2 Overview 86
Types of Data Link Layer Protocols 87Scope of the Data Link Layer 88
32 Layer 2 Protocols PPP ATM and Time Division Multiplexing 90PPP The Point-to-Point Protocol 90Circuit-Switching and ATM 93Time Division Multiplexing 97Broadcast and Shared Access Data Links 98
33 Ethernet Overview 100Ethernet Addressing and Operations 106Ethernet TransmissionmdashCSMACD 109Ethernet Physical Standards 114
Practice Lab Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 116Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 117Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 120Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 123
Chapter Review 126Post-Assessment 127
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131Pre-Assessment 13241 Ethernet Devices Hubs and Switches 13442 Ethernet Switching Operations 13643 Ethernet Link Redundancy LAG 139
LAG Configuration 14044 Ethernet Path Redundancy STP 143
Using STP to Prevent Loops 146
CONTENTS xiii
45 Virtual LANs 154Chapter Review 163Post-Assessment 165
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169Pre-Assessment 17051 Interconnecting Networks 172
The Need for Layer 3 172How Layer 3 Functions 173
52 The IP Header 177IP Header Fields 178
53 IP Addressing 180Class-Based IP Addressing 184Private IP Addressing 189Types of IP Addresses 189
54 IP Subnetting 192Identifying an IP Subnet 193IP Subnet Address Planning 197IP Subnets and VLSM Examples 202Subnet Creation Exercises 207Answers to Subnet Questions 209
55 CIDR and Route AggregationmdashThe End of Classful IP Addressing 211CIDR versus VLSM 215
Practice Lab IP Addressing and Routing 218Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 219Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 221Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 224
Chapter Review 231Post-Assessment 232
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237Pre-Assessment 23861 The IP Forwarding Process 24062 Typical IP Configurations 243
NAT and PAT 246DHCP 249
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
ldquo A practical and thorough guide to the fundamentals of IP Service Routing the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification has proven to be an invaluable tool for our Operations team It is a key component of our IP knowledge curriculum We are encouraging our employees to obtain this certification from Alcatel-Lucentrdquo
mdash Glenn Garbelman Director Video Operations Center (IP Operations) ATampT
ldquo We are pleased with the leadership Alcatel-Lucent is showing in IP training and net-work knowledge transfer The SR Certification program courses are of high quality and supported with excellent practical labs TELUS uses this training as part of our comprehensive strategy to introduce and manage our innovative suite of IP services in order to meet and exceed customer expectationsrdquo
mdash Fraser Pajak Vice-president Service Management Data Centre and CO Operations TELUS
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Self-Study GuidePreparing for the Network Routing Specialist I (NRS 1) Certification Exam (4A0-100)
Kent Hundley Alcatel-Lucent NRS I No 1558
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide Preparing for the Network Routing Specialist I (NRS 1) Certification Exam (4A0-100)
Published by Wiley Publishing Inc 10475 Crosspoint Boulevard Indianapolis IN 46256 wwwwileycom
Copyright copy 2009 Alcatel-Lucent All Rights Reserved
Published by Wiley Publishing Inc Indianapolis Indiana
Published simultaneously in Canada
ISBN 978-0-470-42906-8
Manufactured in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording scanning or otherwise except as permitted under Sec-tions 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without either the prior written permission of the Publisher or authorization through payment of the appropriate per-copy fee to the Copyright Clearance Center 222 Rosewood Drive Danvers MA 01923 (978) 750-8400 fax (978) 646-8600 Requests to the Publisher for per-mission should be addressed to the Permissions Department John Wiley amp Sons Inc 111 River Street Hoboken NJ 07030 (201) 748-6011 fax (201) 748-6008 or online at httpwwwwileycomgopermissions
Limit of LiabilityDisclaimer of Warranty The publisher and the author make no representations or warranties with respect to the accuracy or completeness of the contents of this work and specifically disclaim all warranties including without limitation warranties of fitness for a particular purpose No warranty may be created or extended by sales or promotional materials The advice and strategies contained herein may not be suitable for every situ-ation This work is sold with the understanding that the publisher is not engaged in rendering legal accounting or other professional services If professional assistance is required the services of a competent professional person should be sought Neither the publisher nor the author shall be liable for damages arising herefrom The fact that an organization or Web site is referred to in this work as a citation andor a potential source of further information does not mean that the author or the publisher endorses the information the organization or Web site may provide or recommendations it may make Further readers should be aware that Internet Web sites listed in this work may have changed or disappeared between when this work was written and when it is read
For general information on our other products and services please contact our Customer Care Department within the United States at (877) 762-2974 outside the United States at (317) 572-3993 or fax (317) 572-4002
Wiley publishes in a variety of print and electronic formats and by print-on-demand Some material included with standard print versions of this book may not be included in e-books or in print-on-demand If this book refers to media such as a CD or DVD that is not included in the version you purchased you may download this material at httpbooksupportwileycom For more information about Wiley products visit wwwwileycom
Library of Congress Control Number 2009927345
Trademarks Wiley and the Wiley logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of John Wiley amp Sons Inc andor its affiliates in the United States and other countries and may not be used without written permission Alcatel Lucent Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Wiley Publishing Inc is not associated with any product or vendor men-tioned in this book
Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears in print may not be available in electronic books
About the AuthorKent Hundley (Alcatel-Lucent NRS I No 1558) is a professional services IT consul-tant with more than 17 years of experience in the networking field Kent has been a consultant for more than 12 years and has worked with numerous Fortune 100 enterprise clients and service provider customers in the areas of network architecture design network operations network management solutions application analysis and the design of security solutions He is the author of several books on security and IP-related technologies and currently works as a consultant for a leading provider of solu-tions for managing networks and applications
Credits
Executive Editor
Carol lonG
Development Editor
sara shlaer
Technical Editors
Glenn WarnoCk anand raj
Production Editor
Christine orsquoConnor
Copy Editor
Cate CaFFrey
Editorial Director
robyn b siesky
Editorial Manager
mary beth WakeField
Production Manager
tim tate
Vice President and Executive Group Publisher
riChard sWadley
Vice President and Executive Publisher
barry Pruett
Associate Publisher
jim minatel
Project Coordinator Cover
lynsey stanFord
Compositor
maureen Forys haPPenstanCe tyPe-o-rama
Proofreader
nanCy CarrasCo
Indexer
ted laux
AcknowledgmentsI would like to express my thanks to Alcatel-Lucent for the opportunity to write this book and their support throughout this project Without the access to their labs and continual assistance on technical matters this work would not have been possible I especially single out Glenn Warnock (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 2) for his tremendous help with reviewing the content and his assistance with numerous technical questions throughout the process along with Anand Raj (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 14) for his technical support I also extend my gratitude to Michael Anderson (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 24) for writing all the lab exercises His input will certainly make this a valuable learning tool for those seeking the NRS I certification And to Stephanie Chasse and Karyn Lennon thank you for all of your ideas on the concept of this book its design and driving this team to get this book done
I also extend a great thanks to Chris Butler for his efforts and contributions to the contents of the OSPF and BGP chapters Of course any flaws with the present work are entirely my own and not those of others
Special thanks to the staff at Wiley Publishing for their untiring support and unwavering dedication to getting this project completed on time In particular Sara Shlaer played a key role in ensuring a successful outcome
Most importantly I thank my wife Lori and my children Sophia and Patrick for their love support and understanding during the nights and weekends I had to spend time away from our family to work Although Sophia and Patrick are still too young to completely understand the particulars they knew that I was not always available dur-ing our normal playtime and they had to ldquolet daddy work on his bookrdquo
About the Contributing AuthorChris Butler a Senior Network Architect currently working for the US Government has 15+ years of experience designing and implementing networking and security solutions in the US Government insurance financial and other commercial industries He was the lead author for the book entitled IT Security Interviews Exposed Secrets to Landing Your Next Information Security Job Chris lives and works in the DC Area with his wife and five children
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313
Chapter 9 OSPF 355
Chapter 10 BGP 393
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525
Glossary 649Index 675
Contents at a Glance
CONTENTS xi
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1Pre-Assessment 211 Before the Internet 4
ARPANET Genesis of the Internet 4ARPANET Challenges and the Origin of TCPIP 6From War Room to Boardroom The Internet Comes of Age 8
12 Service Providers and Content Providers 913 Modern Internet Service Providers 1314 Overview of TCPIP 15
Understanding the TCPIP Layers 18Forwarding Data 21The OSI Reference Model 27
Chapter Review 31Post-Assessment 32
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Pre-Assessment 3821 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router Family 40
The Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch Group 42Control Plane versus Data Plane 44Physical Components of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Series 45How Packets Are Processed by the IOM 47Basic Bootup Components 48System Initialization Process 50The Boot Options 51
22 Command-Line Interface 54Provisioning the Alcatel-Lucent SRESS Systems 58Using Logs and Alarms 62
Contents
xii CONTENTS
Practice Lab Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the CLI 66Lab Section 21 First Contact 66Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 69Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 75
Chapter Review 78Post-Assessment 79
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83Pre-Assessment 8431 OSI Layer 2 Overview 86
Types of Data Link Layer Protocols 87Scope of the Data Link Layer 88
32 Layer 2 Protocols PPP ATM and Time Division Multiplexing 90PPP The Point-to-Point Protocol 90Circuit-Switching and ATM 93Time Division Multiplexing 97Broadcast and Shared Access Data Links 98
33 Ethernet Overview 100Ethernet Addressing and Operations 106Ethernet TransmissionmdashCSMACD 109Ethernet Physical Standards 114
Practice Lab Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 116Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 117Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 120Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 123
Chapter Review 126Post-Assessment 127
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131Pre-Assessment 13241 Ethernet Devices Hubs and Switches 13442 Ethernet Switching Operations 13643 Ethernet Link Redundancy LAG 139
LAG Configuration 14044 Ethernet Path Redundancy STP 143
Using STP to Prevent Loops 146
CONTENTS xiii
45 Virtual LANs 154Chapter Review 163Post-Assessment 165
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169Pre-Assessment 17051 Interconnecting Networks 172
The Need for Layer 3 172How Layer 3 Functions 173
52 The IP Header 177IP Header Fields 178
53 IP Addressing 180Class-Based IP Addressing 184Private IP Addressing 189Types of IP Addresses 189
54 IP Subnetting 192Identifying an IP Subnet 193IP Subnet Address Planning 197IP Subnets and VLSM Examples 202Subnet Creation Exercises 207Answers to Subnet Questions 209
55 CIDR and Route AggregationmdashThe End of Classful IP Addressing 211CIDR versus VLSM 215
Practice Lab IP Addressing and Routing 218Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 219Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 221Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 224
Chapter Review 231Post-Assessment 232
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237Pre-Assessment 23861 The IP Forwarding Process 24062 Typical IP Configurations 243
NAT and PAT 246DHCP 249
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
ldquo We are pleased with the leadership Alcatel-Lucent is showing in IP training and net-work knowledge transfer The SR Certification program courses are of high quality and supported with excellent practical labs TELUS uses this training as part of our comprehensive strategy to introduce and manage our innovative suite of IP services in order to meet and exceed customer expectationsrdquo
mdash Fraser Pajak Vice-president Service Management Data Centre and CO Operations TELUS
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Self-Study GuidePreparing for the Network Routing Specialist I (NRS 1) Certification Exam (4A0-100)
Kent Hundley Alcatel-Lucent NRS I No 1558
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide Preparing for the Network Routing Specialist I (NRS 1) Certification Exam (4A0-100)
Published by Wiley Publishing Inc 10475 Crosspoint Boulevard Indianapolis IN 46256 wwwwileycom
Copyright copy 2009 Alcatel-Lucent All Rights Reserved
Published by Wiley Publishing Inc Indianapolis Indiana
Published simultaneously in Canada
ISBN 978-0-470-42906-8
Manufactured in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording scanning or otherwise except as permitted under Sec-tions 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without either the prior written permission of the Publisher or authorization through payment of the appropriate per-copy fee to the Copyright Clearance Center 222 Rosewood Drive Danvers MA 01923 (978) 750-8400 fax (978) 646-8600 Requests to the Publisher for per-mission should be addressed to the Permissions Department John Wiley amp Sons Inc 111 River Street Hoboken NJ 07030 (201) 748-6011 fax (201) 748-6008 or online at httpwwwwileycomgopermissions
Limit of LiabilityDisclaimer of Warranty The publisher and the author make no representations or warranties with respect to the accuracy or completeness of the contents of this work and specifically disclaim all warranties including without limitation warranties of fitness for a particular purpose No warranty may be created or extended by sales or promotional materials The advice and strategies contained herein may not be suitable for every situ-ation This work is sold with the understanding that the publisher is not engaged in rendering legal accounting or other professional services If professional assistance is required the services of a competent professional person should be sought Neither the publisher nor the author shall be liable for damages arising herefrom The fact that an organization or Web site is referred to in this work as a citation andor a potential source of further information does not mean that the author or the publisher endorses the information the organization or Web site may provide or recommendations it may make Further readers should be aware that Internet Web sites listed in this work may have changed or disappeared between when this work was written and when it is read
For general information on our other products and services please contact our Customer Care Department within the United States at (877) 762-2974 outside the United States at (317) 572-3993 or fax (317) 572-4002
Wiley publishes in a variety of print and electronic formats and by print-on-demand Some material included with standard print versions of this book may not be included in e-books or in print-on-demand If this book refers to media such as a CD or DVD that is not included in the version you purchased you may download this material at httpbooksupportwileycom For more information about Wiley products visit wwwwileycom
Library of Congress Control Number 2009927345
Trademarks Wiley and the Wiley logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of John Wiley amp Sons Inc andor its affiliates in the United States and other countries and may not be used without written permission Alcatel Lucent Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Wiley Publishing Inc is not associated with any product or vendor men-tioned in this book
Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears in print may not be available in electronic books
About the AuthorKent Hundley (Alcatel-Lucent NRS I No 1558) is a professional services IT consul-tant with more than 17 years of experience in the networking field Kent has been a consultant for more than 12 years and has worked with numerous Fortune 100 enterprise clients and service provider customers in the areas of network architecture design network operations network management solutions application analysis and the design of security solutions He is the author of several books on security and IP-related technologies and currently works as a consultant for a leading provider of solu-tions for managing networks and applications
Credits
Executive Editor
Carol lonG
Development Editor
sara shlaer
Technical Editors
Glenn WarnoCk anand raj
Production Editor
Christine orsquoConnor
Copy Editor
Cate CaFFrey
Editorial Director
robyn b siesky
Editorial Manager
mary beth WakeField
Production Manager
tim tate
Vice President and Executive Group Publisher
riChard sWadley
Vice President and Executive Publisher
barry Pruett
Associate Publisher
jim minatel
Project Coordinator Cover
lynsey stanFord
Compositor
maureen Forys haPPenstanCe tyPe-o-rama
Proofreader
nanCy CarrasCo
Indexer
ted laux
AcknowledgmentsI would like to express my thanks to Alcatel-Lucent for the opportunity to write this book and their support throughout this project Without the access to their labs and continual assistance on technical matters this work would not have been possible I especially single out Glenn Warnock (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 2) for his tremendous help with reviewing the content and his assistance with numerous technical questions throughout the process along with Anand Raj (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 14) for his technical support I also extend my gratitude to Michael Anderson (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 24) for writing all the lab exercises His input will certainly make this a valuable learning tool for those seeking the NRS I certification And to Stephanie Chasse and Karyn Lennon thank you for all of your ideas on the concept of this book its design and driving this team to get this book done
I also extend a great thanks to Chris Butler for his efforts and contributions to the contents of the OSPF and BGP chapters Of course any flaws with the present work are entirely my own and not those of others
Special thanks to the staff at Wiley Publishing for their untiring support and unwavering dedication to getting this project completed on time In particular Sara Shlaer played a key role in ensuring a successful outcome
Most importantly I thank my wife Lori and my children Sophia and Patrick for their love support and understanding during the nights and weekends I had to spend time away from our family to work Although Sophia and Patrick are still too young to completely understand the particulars they knew that I was not always available dur-ing our normal playtime and they had to ldquolet daddy work on his bookrdquo
About the Contributing AuthorChris Butler a Senior Network Architect currently working for the US Government has 15+ years of experience designing and implementing networking and security solutions in the US Government insurance financial and other commercial industries He was the lead author for the book entitled IT Security Interviews Exposed Secrets to Landing Your Next Information Security Job Chris lives and works in the DC Area with his wife and five children
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313
Chapter 9 OSPF 355
Chapter 10 BGP 393
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525
Glossary 649Index 675
Contents at a Glance
CONTENTS xi
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1Pre-Assessment 211 Before the Internet 4
ARPANET Genesis of the Internet 4ARPANET Challenges and the Origin of TCPIP 6From War Room to Boardroom The Internet Comes of Age 8
12 Service Providers and Content Providers 913 Modern Internet Service Providers 1314 Overview of TCPIP 15
Understanding the TCPIP Layers 18Forwarding Data 21The OSI Reference Model 27
Chapter Review 31Post-Assessment 32
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Pre-Assessment 3821 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router Family 40
The Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch Group 42Control Plane versus Data Plane 44Physical Components of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Series 45How Packets Are Processed by the IOM 47Basic Bootup Components 48System Initialization Process 50The Boot Options 51
22 Command-Line Interface 54Provisioning the Alcatel-Lucent SRESS Systems 58Using Logs and Alarms 62
Contents
xii CONTENTS
Practice Lab Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the CLI 66Lab Section 21 First Contact 66Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 69Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 75
Chapter Review 78Post-Assessment 79
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83Pre-Assessment 8431 OSI Layer 2 Overview 86
Types of Data Link Layer Protocols 87Scope of the Data Link Layer 88
32 Layer 2 Protocols PPP ATM and Time Division Multiplexing 90PPP The Point-to-Point Protocol 90Circuit-Switching and ATM 93Time Division Multiplexing 97Broadcast and Shared Access Data Links 98
33 Ethernet Overview 100Ethernet Addressing and Operations 106Ethernet TransmissionmdashCSMACD 109Ethernet Physical Standards 114
Practice Lab Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 116Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 117Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 120Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 123
Chapter Review 126Post-Assessment 127
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131Pre-Assessment 13241 Ethernet Devices Hubs and Switches 13442 Ethernet Switching Operations 13643 Ethernet Link Redundancy LAG 139
LAG Configuration 14044 Ethernet Path Redundancy STP 143
Using STP to Prevent Loops 146
CONTENTS xiii
45 Virtual LANs 154Chapter Review 163Post-Assessment 165
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169Pre-Assessment 17051 Interconnecting Networks 172
The Need for Layer 3 172How Layer 3 Functions 173
52 The IP Header 177IP Header Fields 178
53 IP Addressing 180Class-Based IP Addressing 184Private IP Addressing 189Types of IP Addresses 189
54 IP Subnetting 192Identifying an IP Subnet 193IP Subnet Address Planning 197IP Subnets and VLSM Examples 202Subnet Creation Exercises 207Answers to Subnet Questions 209
55 CIDR and Route AggregationmdashThe End of Classful IP Addressing 211CIDR versus VLSM 215
Practice Lab IP Addressing and Routing 218Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 219Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 221Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 224
Chapter Review 231Post-Assessment 232
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237Pre-Assessment 23861 The IP Forwarding Process 24062 Typical IP Configurations 243
NAT and PAT 246DHCP 249
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Self-Study GuidePreparing for the Network Routing Specialist I (NRS 1) Certification Exam (4A0-100)
Kent Hundley Alcatel-Lucent NRS I No 1558
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide Preparing for the Network Routing Specialist I (NRS 1) Certification Exam (4A0-100)
Published by Wiley Publishing Inc 10475 Crosspoint Boulevard Indianapolis IN 46256 wwwwileycom
Copyright copy 2009 Alcatel-Lucent All Rights Reserved
Published by Wiley Publishing Inc Indianapolis Indiana
Published simultaneously in Canada
ISBN 978-0-470-42906-8
Manufactured in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording scanning or otherwise except as permitted under Sec-tions 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without either the prior written permission of the Publisher or authorization through payment of the appropriate per-copy fee to the Copyright Clearance Center 222 Rosewood Drive Danvers MA 01923 (978) 750-8400 fax (978) 646-8600 Requests to the Publisher for per-mission should be addressed to the Permissions Department John Wiley amp Sons Inc 111 River Street Hoboken NJ 07030 (201) 748-6011 fax (201) 748-6008 or online at httpwwwwileycomgopermissions
Limit of LiabilityDisclaimer of Warranty The publisher and the author make no representations or warranties with respect to the accuracy or completeness of the contents of this work and specifically disclaim all warranties including without limitation warranties of fitness for a particular purpose No warranty may be created or extended by sales or promotional materials The advice and strategies contained herein may not be suitable for every situ-ation This work is sold with the understanding that the publisher is not engaged in rendering legal accounting or other professional services If professional assistance is required the services of a competent professional person should be sought Neither the publisher nor the author shall be liable for damages arising herefrom The fact that an organization or Web site is referred to in this work as a citation andor a potential source of further information does not mean that the author or the publisher endorses the information the organization or Web site may provide or recommendations it may make Further readers should be aware that Internet Web sites listed in this work may have changed or disappeared between when this work was written and when it is read
For general information on our other products and services please contact our Customer Care Department within the United States at (877) 762-2974 outside the United States at (317) 572-3993 or fax (317) 572-4002
Wiley publishes in a variety of print and electronic formats and by print-on-demand Some material included with standard print versions of this book may not be included in e-books or in print-on-demand If this book refers to media such as a CD or DVD that is not included in the version you purchased you may download this material at httpbooksupportwileycom For more information about Wiley products visit wwwwileycom
Library of Congress Control Number 2009927345
Trademarks Wiley and the Wiley logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of John Wiley amp Sons Inc andor its affiliates in the United States and other countries and may not be used without written permission Alcatel Lucent Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Wiley Publishing Inc is not associated with any product or vendor men-tioned in this book
Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears in print may not be available in electronic books
About the AuthorKent Hundley (Alcatel-Lucent NRS I No 1558) is a professional services IT consul-tant with more than 17 years of experience in the networking field Kent has been a consultant for more than 12 years and has worked with numerous Fortune 100 enterprise clients and service provider customers in the areas of network architecture design network operations network management solutions application analysis and the design of security solutions He is the author of several books on security and IP-related technologies and currently works as a consultant for a leading provider of solu-tions for managing networks and applications
Credits
Executive Editor
Carol lonG
Development Editor
sara shlaer
Technical Editors
Glenn WarnoCk anand raj
Production Editor
Christine orsquoConnor
Copy Editor
Cate CaFFrey
Editorial Director
robyn b siesky
Editorial Manager
mary beth WakeField
Production Manager
tim tate
Vice President and Executive Group Publisher
riChard sWadley
Vice President and Executive Publisher
barry Pruett
Associate Publisher
jim minatel
Project Coordinator Cover
lynsey stanFord
Compositor
maureen Forys haPPenstanCe tyPe-o-rama
Proofreader
nanCy CarrasCo
Indexer
ted laux
AcknowledgmentsI would like to express my thanks to Alcatel-Lucent for the opportunity to write this book and their support throughout this project Without the access to their labs and continual assistance on technical matters this work would not have been possible I especially single out Glenn Warnock (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 2) for his tremendous help with reviewing the content and his assistance with numerous technical questions throughout the process along with Anand Raj (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 14) for his technical support I also extend my gratitude to Michael Anderson (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 24) for writing all the lab exercises His input will certainly make this a valuable learning tool for those seeking the NRS I certification And to Stephanie Chasse and Karyn Lennon thank you for all of your ideas on the concept of this book its design and driving this team to get this book done
I also extend a great thanks to Chris Butler for his efforts and contributions to the contents of the OSPF and BGP chapters Of course any flaws with the present work are entirely my own and not those of others
Special thanks to the staff at Wiley Publishing for their untiring support and unwavering dedication to getting this project completed on time In particular Sara Shlaer played a key role in ensuring a successful outcome
Most importantly I thank my wife Lori and my children Sophia and Patrick for their love support and understanding during the nights and weekends I had to spend time away from our family to work Although Sophia and Patrick are still too young to completely understand the particulars they knew that I was not always available dur-ing our normal playtime and they had to ldquolet daddy work on his bookrdquo
About the Contributing AuthorChris Butler a Senior Network Architect currently working for the US Government has 15+ years of experience designing and implementing networking and security solutions in the US Government insurance financial and other commercial industries He was the lead author for the book entitled IT Security Interviews Exposed Secrets to Landing Your Next Information Security Job Chris lives and works in the DC Area with his wife and five children
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313
Chapter 9 OSPF 355
Chapter 10 BGP 393
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525
Glossary 649Index 675
Contents at a Glance
CONTENTS xi
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1Pre-Assessment 211 Before the Internet 4
ARPANET Genesis of the Internet 4ARPANET Challenges and the Origin of TCPIP 6From War Room to Boardroom The Internet Comes of Age 8
12 Service Providers and Content Providers 913 Modern Internet Service Providers 1314 Overview of TCPIP 15
Understanding the TCPIP Layers 18Forwarding Data 21The OSI Reference Model 27
Chapter Review 31Post-Assessment 32
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Pre-Assessment 3821 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router Family 40
The Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch Group 42Control Plane versus Data Plane 44Physical Components of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Series 45How Packets Are Processed by the IOM 47Basic Bootup Components 48System Initialization Process 50The Boot Options 51
22 Command-Line Interface 54Provisioning the Alcatel-Lucent SRESS Systems 58Using Logs and Alarms 62
Contents
xii CONTENTS
Practice Lab Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the CLI 66Lab Section 21 First Contact 66Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 69Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 75
Chapter Review 78Post-Assessment 79
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83Pre-Assessment 8431 OSI Layer 2 Overview 86
Types of Data Link Layer Protocols 87Scope of the Data Link Layer 88
32 Layer 2 Protocols PPP ATM and Time Division Multiplexing 90PPP The Point-to-Point Protocol 90Circuit-Switching and ATM 93Time Division Multiplexing 97Broadcast and Shared Access Data Links 98
33 Ethernet Overview 100Ethernet Addressing and Operations 106Ethernet TransmissionmdashCSMACD 109Ethernet Physical Standards 114
Practice Lab Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 116Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 117Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 120Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 123
Chapter Review 126Post-Assessment 127
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131Pre-Assessment 13241 Ethernet Devices Hubs and Switches 13442 Ethernet Switching Operations 13643 Ethernet Link Redundancy LAG 139
LAG Configuration 14044 Ethernet Path Redundancy STP 143
Using STP to Prevent Loops 146
CONTENTS xiii
45 Virtual LANs 154Chapter Review 163Post-Assessment 165
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169Pre-Assessment 17051 Interconnecting Networks 172
The Need for Layer 3 172How Layer 3 Functions 173
52 The IP Header 177IP Header Fields 178
53 IP Addressing 180Class-Based IP Addressing 184Private IP Addressing 189Types of IP Addresses 189
54 IP Subnetting 192Identifying an IP Subnet 193IP Subnet Address Planning 197IP Subnets and VLSM Examples 202Subnet Creation Exercises 207Answers to Subnet Questions 209
55 CIDR and Route AggregationmdashThe End of Classful IP Addressing 211CIDR versus VLSM 215
Practice Lab IP Addressing and Routing 218Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 219Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 221Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 224
Chapter Review 231Post-Assessment 232
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237Pre-Assessment 23861 The IP Forwarding Process 24062 Typical IP Configurations 243
NAT and PAT 246DHCP 249
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide Preparing for the Network Routing Specialist I (NRS 1) Certification Exam (4A0-100)
Published by Wiley Publishing Inc 10475 Crosspoint Boulevard Indianapolis IN 46256 wwwwileycom
Copyright copy 2009 Alcatel-Lucent All Rights Reserved
Published by Wiley Publishing Inc Indianapolis Indiana
Published simultaneously in Canada
ISBN 978-0-470-42906-8
Manufactured in the United States of America
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording scanning or otherwise except as permitted under Sec-tions 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without either the prior written permission of the Publisher or authorization through payment of the appropriate per-copy fee to the Copyright Clearance Center 222 Rosewood Drive Danvers MA 01923 (978) 750-8400 fax (978) 646-8600 Requests to the Publisher for per-mission should be addressed to the Permissions Department John Wiley amp Sons Inc 111 River Street Hoboken NJ 07030 (201) 748-6011 fax (201) 748-6008 or online at httpwwwwileycomgopermissions
Limit of LiabilityDisclaimer of Warranty The publisher and the author make no representations or warranties with respect to the accuracy or completeness of the contents of this work and specifically disclaim all warranties including without limitation warranties of fitness for a particular purpose No warranty may be created or extended by sales or promotional materials The advice and strategies contained herein may not be suitable for every situ-ation This work is sold with the understanding that the publisher is not engaged in rendering legal accounting or other professional services If professional assistance is required the services of a competent professional person should be sought Neither the publisher nor the author shall be liable for damages arising herefrom The fact that an organization or Web site is referred to in this work as a citation andor a potential source of further information does not mean that the author or the publisher endorses the information the organization or Web site may provide or recommendations it may make Further readers should be aware that Internet Web sites listed in this work may have changed or disappeared between when this work was written and when it is read
For general information on our other products and services please contact our Customer Care Department within the United States at (877) 762-2974 outside the United States at (317) 572-3993 or fax (317) 572-4002
Wiley publishes in a variety of print and electronic formats and by print-on-demand Some material included with standard print versions of this book may not be included in e-books or in print-on-demand If this book refers to media such as a CD or DVD that is not included in the version you purchased you may download this material at httpbooksupportwileycom For more information about Wiley products visit wwwwileycom
Library of Congress Control Number 2009927345
Trademarks Wiley and the Wiley logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of John Wiley amp Sons Inc andor its affiliates in the United States and other countries and may not be used without written permission Alcatel Lucent Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Wiley Publishing Inc is not associated with any product or vendor men-tioned in this book
Wiley also publishes its books in a variety of electronic formats Some content that appears in print may not be available in electronic books
About the AuthorKent Hundley (Alcatel-Lucent NRS I No 1558) is a professional services IT consul-tant with more than 17 years of experience in the networking field Kent has been a consultant for more than 12 years and has worked with numerous Fortune 100 enterprise clients and service provider customers in the areas of network architecture design network operations network management solutions application analysis and the design of security solutions He is the author of several books on security and IP-related technologies and currently works as a consultant for a leading provider of solu-tions for managing networks and applications
Credits
Executive Editor
Carol lonG
Development Editor
sara shlaer
Technical Editors
Glenn WarnoCk anand raj
Production Editor
Christine orsquoConnor
Copy Editor
Cate CaFFrey
Editorial Director
robyn b siesky
Editorial Manager
mary beth WakeField
Production Manager
tim tate
Vice President and Executive Group Publisher
riChard sWadley
Vice President and Executive Publisher
barry Pruett
Associate Publisher
jim minatel
Project Coordinator Cover
lynsey stanFord
Compositor
maureen Forys haPPenstanCe tyPe-o-rama
Proofreader
nanCy CarrasCo
Indexer
ted laux
AcknowledgmentsI would like to express my thanks to Alcatel-Lucent for the opportunity to write this book and their support throughout this project Without the access to their labs and continual assistance on technical matters this work would not have been possible I especially single out Glenn Warnock (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 2) for his tremendous help with reviewing the content and his assistance with numerous technical questions throughout the process along with Anand Raj (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 14) for his technical support I also extend my gratitude to Michael Anderson (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 24) for writing all the lab exercises His input will certainly make this a valuable learning tool for those seeking the NRS I certification And to Stephanie Chasse and Karyn Lennon thank you for all of your ideas on the concept of this book its design and driving this team to get this book done
I also extend a great thanks to Chris Butler for his efforts and contributions to the contents of the OSPF and BGP chapters Of course any flaws with the present work are entirely my own and not those of others
Special thanks to the staff at Wiley Publishing for their untiring support and unwavering dedication to getting this project completed on time In particular Sara Shlaer played a key role in ensuring a successful outcome
Most importantly I thank my wife Lori and my children Sophia and Patrick for their love support and understanding during the nights and weekends I had to spend time away from our family to work Although Sophia and Patrick are still too young to completely understand the particulars they knew that I was not always available dur-ing our normal playtime and they had to ldquolet daddy work on his bookrdquo
About the Contributing AuthorChris Butler a Senior Network Architect currently working for the US Government has 15+ years of experience designing and implementing networking and security solutions in the US Government insurance financial and other commercial industries He was the lead author for the book entitled IT Security Interviews Exposed Secrets to Landing Your Next Information Security Job Chris lives and works in the DC Area with his wife and five children
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313
Chapter 9 OSPF 355
Chapter 10 BGP 393
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525
Glossary 649Index 675
Contents at a Glance
CONTENTS xi
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1Pre-Assessment 211 Before the Internet 4
ARPANET Genesis of the Internet 4ARPANET Challenges and the Origin of TCPIP 6From War Room to Boardroom The Internet Comes of Age 8
12 Service Providers and Content Providers 913 Modern Internet Service Providers 1314 Overview of TCPIP 15
Understanding the TCPIP Layers 18Forwarding Data 21The OSI Reference Model 27
Chapter Review 31Post-Assessment 32
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Pre-Assessment 3821 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router Family 40
The Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch Group 42Control Plane versus Data Plane 44Physical Components of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Series 45How Packets Are Processed by the IOM 47Basic Bootup Components 48System Initialization Process 50The Boot Options 51
22 Command-Line Interface 54Provisioning the Alcatel-Lucent SRESS Systems 58Using Logs and Alarms 62
Contents
xii CONTENTS
Practice Lab Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the CLI 66Lab Section 21 First Contact 66Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 69Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 75
Chapter Review 78Post-Assessment 79
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83Pre-Assessment 8431 OSI Layer 2 Overview 86
Types of Data Link Layer Protocols 87Scope of the Data Link Layer 88
32 Layer 2 Protocols PPP ATM and Time Division Multiplexing 90PPP The Point-to-Point Protocol 90Circuit-Switching and ATM 93Time Division Multiplexing 97Broadcast and Shared Access Data Links 98
33 Ethernet Overview 100Ethernet Addressing and Operations 106Ethernet TransmissionmdashCSMACD 109Ethernet Physical Standards 114
Practice Lab Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 116Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 117Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 120Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 123
Chapter Review 126Post-Assessment 127
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131Pre-Assessment 13241 Ethernet Devices Hubs and Switches 13442 Ethernet Switching Operations 13643 Ethernet Link Redundancy LAG 139
LAG Configuration 14044 Ethernet Path Redundancy STP 143
Using STP to Prevent Loops 146
CONTENTS xiii
45 Virtual LANs 154Chapter Review 163Post-Assessment 165
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169Pre-Assessment 17051 Interconnecting Networks 172
The Need for Layer 3 172How Layer 3 Functions 173
52 The IP Header 177IP Header Fields 178
53 IP Addressing 180Class-Based IP Addressing 184Private IP Addressing 189Types of IP Addresses 189
54 IP Subnetting 192Identifying an IP Subnet 193IP Subnet Address Planning 197IP Subnets and VLSM Examples 202Subnet Creation Exercises 207Answers to Subnet Questions 209
55 CIDR and Route AggregationmdashThe End of Classful IP Addressing 211CIDR versus VLSM 215
Practice Lab IP Addressing and Routing 218Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 219Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 221Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 224
Chapter Review 231Post-Assessment 232
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237Pre-Assessment 23861 The IP Forwarding Process 24062 Typical IP Configurations 243
NAT and PAT 246DHCP 249
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
About the AuthorKent Hundley (Alcatel-Lucent NRS I No 1558) is a professional services IT consul-tant with more than 17 years of experience in the networking field Kent has been a consultant for more than 12 years and has worked with numerous Fortune 100 enterprise clients and service provider customers in the areas of network architecture design network operations network management solutions application analysis and the design of security solutions He is the author of several books on security and IP-related technologies and currently works as a consultant for a leading provider of solu-tions for managing networks and applications
Credits
Executive Editor
Carol lonG
Development Editor
sara shlaer
Technical Editors
Glenn WarnoCk anand raj
Production Editor
Christine orsquoConnor
Copy Editor
Cate CaFFrey
Editorial Director
robyn b siesky
Editorial Manager
mary beth WakeField
Production Manager
tim tate
Vice President and Executive Group Publisher
riChard sWadley
Vice President and Executive Publisher
barry Pruett
Associate Publisher
jim minatel
Project Coordinator Cover
lynsey stanFord
Compositor
maureen Forys haPPenstanCe tyPe-o-rama
Proofreader
nanCy CarrasCo
Indexer
ted laux
AcknowledgmentsI would like to express my thanks to Alcatel-Lucent for the opportunity to write this book and their support throughout this project Without the access to their labs and continual assistance on technical matters this work would not have been possible I especially single out Glenn Warnock (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 2) for his tremendous help with reviewing the content and his assistance with numerous technical questions throughout the process along with Anand Raj (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 14) for his technical support I also extend my gratitude to Michael Anderson (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 24) for writing all the lab exercises His input will certainly make this a valuable learning tool for those seeking the NRS I certification And to Stephanie Chasse and Karyn Lennon thank you for all of your ideas on the concept of this book its design and driving this team to get this book done
I also extend a great thanks to Chris Butler for his efforts and contributions to the contents of the OSPF and BGP chapters Of course any flaws with the present work are entirely my own and not those of others
Special thanks to the staff at Wiley Publishing for their untiring support and unwavering dedication to getting this project completed on time In particular Sara Shlaer played a key role in ensuring a successful outcome
Most importantly I thank my wife Lori and my children Sophia and Patrick for their love support and understanding during the nights and weekends I had to spend time away from our family to work Although Sophia and Patrick are still too young to completely understand the particulars they knew that I was not always available dur-ing our normal playtime and they had to ldquolet daddy work on his bookrdquo
About the Contributing AuthorChris Butler a Senior Network Architect currently working for the US Government has 15+ years of experience designing and implementing networking and security solutions in the US Government insurance financial and other commercial industries He was the lead author for the book entitled IT Security Interviews Exposed Secrets to Landing Your Next Information Security Job Chris lives and works in the DC Area with his wife and five children
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313
Chapter 9 OSPF 355
Chapter 10 BGP 393
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525
Glossary 649Index 675
Contents at a Glance
CONTENTS xi
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1Pre-Assessment 211 Before the Internet 4
ARPANET Genesis of the Internet 4ARPANET Challenges and the Origin of TCPIP 6From War Room to Boardroom The Internet Comes of Age 8
12 Service Providers and Content Providers 913 Modern Internet Service Providers 1314 Overview of TCPIP 15
Understanding the TCPIP Layers 18Forwarding Data 21The OSI Reference Model 27
Chapter Review 31Post-Assessment 32
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Pre-Assessment 3821 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router Family 40
The Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch Group 42Control Plane versus Data Plane 44Physical Components of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Series 45How Packets Are Processed by the IOM 47Basic Bootup Components 48System Initialization Process 50The Boot Options 51
22 Command-Line Interface 54Provisioning the Alcatel-Lucent SRESS Systems 58Using Logs and Alarms 62
Contents
xii CONTENTS
Practice Lab Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the CLI 66Lab Section 21 First Contact 66Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 69Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 75
Chapter Review 78Post-Assessment 79
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83Pre-Assessment 8431 OSI Layer 2 Overview 86
Types of Data Link Layer Protocols 87Scope of the Data Link Layer 88
32 Layer 2 Protocols PPP ATM and Time Division Multiplexing 90PPP The Point-to-Point Protocol 90Circuit-Switching and ATM 93Time Division Multiplexing 97Broadcast and Shared Access Data Links 98
33 Ethernet Overview 100Ethernet Addressing and Operations 106Ethernet TransmissionmdashCSMACD 109Ethernet Physical Standards 114
Practice Lab Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 116Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 117Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 120Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 123
Chapter Review 126Post-Assessment 127
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131Pre-Assessment 13241 Ethernet Devices Hubs and Switches 13442 Ethernet Switching Operations 13643 Ethernet Link Redundancy LAG 139
LAG Configuration 14044 Ethernet Path Redundancy STP 143
Using STP to Prevent Loops 146
CONTENTS xiii
45 Virtual LANs 154Chapter Review 163Post-Assessment 165
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169Pre-Assessment 17051 Interconnecting Networks 172
The Need for Layer 3 172How Layer 3 Functions 173
52 The IP Header 177IP Header Fields 178
53 IP Addressing 180Class-Based IP Addressing 184Private IP Addressing 189Types of IP Addresses 189
54 IP Subnetting 192Identifying an IP Subnet 193IP Subnet Address Planning 197IP Subnets and VLSM Examples 202Subnet Creation Exercises 207Answers to Subnet Questions 209
55 CIDR and Route AggregationmdashThe End of Classful IP Addressing 211CIDR versus VLSM 215
Practice Lab IP Addressing and Routing 218Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 219Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 221Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 224
Chapter Review 231Post-Assessment 232
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237Pre-Assessment 23861 The IP Forwarding Process 24062 Typical IP Configurations 243
NAT and PAT 246DHCP 249
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
Credits
Executive Editor
Carol lonG
Development Editor
sara shlaer
Technical Editors
Glenn WarnoCk anand raj
Production Editor
Christine orsquoConnor
Copy Editor
Cate CaFFrey
Editorial Director
robyn b siesky
Editorial Manager
mary beth WakeField
Production Manager
tim tate
Vice President and Executive Group Publisher
riChard sWadley
Vice President and Executive Publisher
barry Pruett
Associate Publisher
jim minatel
Project Coordinator Cover
lynsey stanFord
Compositor
maureen Forys haPPenstanCe tyPe-o-rama
Proofreader
nanCy CarrasCo
Indexer
ted laux
AcknowledgmentsI would like to express my thanks to Alcatel-Lucent for the opportunity to write this book and their support throughout this project Without the access to their labs and continual assistance on technical matters this work would not have been possible I especially single out Glenn Warnock (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 2) for his tremendous help with reviewing the content and his assistance with numerous technical questions throughout the process along with Anand Raj (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 14) for his technical support I also extend my gratitude to Michael Anderson (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 24) for writing all the lab exercises His input will certainly make this a valuable learning tool for those seeking the NRS I certification And to Stephanie Chasse and Karyn Lennon thank you for all of your ideas on the concept of this book its design and driving this team to get this book done
I also extend a great thanks to Chris Butler for his efforts and contributions to the contents of the OSPF and BGP chapters Of course any flaws with the present work are entirely my own and not those of others
Special thanks to the staff at Wiley Publishing for their untiring support and unwavering dedication to getting this project completed on time In particular Sara Shlaer played a key role in ensuring a successful outcome
Most importantly I thank my wife Lori and my children Sophia and Patrick for their love support and understanding during the nights and weekends I had to spend time away from our family to work Although Sophia and Patrick are still too young to completely understand the particulars they knew that I was not always available dur-ing our normal playtime and they had to ldquolet daddy work on his bookrdquo
About the Contributing AuthorChris Butler a Senior Network Architect currently working for the US Government has 15+ years of experience designing and implementing networking and security solutions in the US Government insurance financial and other commercial industries He was the lead author for the book entitled IT Security Interviews Exposed Secrets to Landing Your Next Information Security Job Chris lives and works in the DC Area with his wife and five children
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313
Chapter 9 OSPF 355
Chapter 10 BGP 393
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525
Glossary 649Index 675
Contents at a Glance
CONTENTS xi
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1Pre-Assessment 211 Before the Internet 4
ARPANET Genesis of the Internet 4ARPANET Challenges and the Origin of TCPIP 6From War Room to Boardroom The Internet Comes of Age 8
12 Service Providers and Content Providers 913 Modern Internet Service Providers 1314 Overview of TCPIP 15
Understanding the TCPIP Layers 18Forwarding Data 21The OSI Reference Model 27
Chapter Review 31Post-Assessment 32
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Pre-Assessment 3821 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router Family 40
The Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch Group 42Control Plane versus Data Plane 44Physical Components of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Series 45How Packets Are Processed by the IOM 47Basic Bootup Components 48System Initialization Process 50The Boot Options 51
22 Command-Line Interface 54Provisioning the Alcatel-Lucent SRESS Systems 58Using Logs and Alarms 62
Contents
xii CONTENTS
Practice Lab Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the CLI 66Lab Section 21 First Contact 66Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 69Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 75
Chapter Review 78Post-Assessment 79
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83Pre-Assessment 8431 OSI Layer 2 Overview 86
Types of Data Link Layer Protocols 87Scope of the Data Link Layer 88
32 Layer 2 Protocols PPP ATM and Time Division Multiplexing 90PPP The Point-to-Point Protocol 90Circuit-Switching and ATM 93Time Division Multiplexing 97Broadcast and Shared Access Data Links 98
33 Ethernet Overview 100Ethernet Addressing and Operations 106Ethernet TransmissionmdashCSMACD 109Ethernet Physical Standards 114
Practice Lab Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 116Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 117Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 120Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 123
Chapter Review 126Post-Assessment 127
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131Pre-Assessment 13241 Ethernet Devices Hubs and Switches 13442 Ethernet Switching Operations 13643 Ethernet Link Redundancy LAG 139
LAG Configuration 14044 Ethernet Path Redundancy STP 143
Using STP to Prevent Loops 146
CONTENTS xiii
45 Virtual LANs 154Chapter Review 163Post-Assessment 165
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169Pre-Assessment 17051 Interconnecting Networks 172
The Need for Layer 3 172How Layer 3 Functions 173
52 The IP Header 177IP Header Fields 178
53 IP Addressing 180Class-Based IP Addressing 184Private IP Addressing 189Types of IP Addresses 189
54 IP Subnetting 192Identifying an IP Subnet 193IP Subnet Address Planning 197IP Subnets and VLSM Examples 202Subnet Creation Exercises 207Answers to Subnet Questions 209
55 CIDR and Route AggregationmdashThe End of Classful IP Addressing 211CIDR versus VLSM 215
Practice Lab IP Addressing and Routing 218Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 219Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 221Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 224
Chapter Review 231Post-Assessment 232
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237Pre-Assessment 23861 The IP Forwarding Process 24062 Typical IP Configurations 243
NAT and PAT 246DHCP 249
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
AcknowledgmentsI would like to express my thanks to Alcatel-Lucent for the opportunity to write this book and their support throughout this project Without the access to their labs and continual assistance on technical matters this work would not have been possible I especially single out Glenn Warnock (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 2) for his tremendous help with reviewing the content and his assistance with numerous technical questions throughout the process along with Anand Raj (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 14) for his technical support I also extend my gratitude to Michael Anderson (Alcatel-Lucent SRA No 24) for writing all the lab exercises His input will certainly make this a valuable learning tool for those seeking the NRS I certification And to Stephanie Chasse and Karyn Lennon thank you for all of your ideas on the concept of this book its design and driving this team to get this book done
I also extend a great thanks to Chris Butler for his efforts and contributions to the contents of the OSPF and BGP chapters Of course any flaws with the present work are entirely my own and not those of others
Special thanks to the staff at Wiley Publishing for their untiring support and unwavering dedication to getting this project completed on time In particular Sara Shlaer played a key role in ensuring a successful outcome
Most importantly I thank my wife Lori and my children Sophia and Patrick for their love support and understanding during the nights and weekends I had to spend time away from our family to work Although Sophia and Patrick are still too young to completely understand the particulars they knew that I was not always available dur-ing our normal playtime and they had to ldquolet daddy work on his bookrdquo
About the Contributing AuthorChris Butler a Senior Network Architect currently working for the US Government has 15+ years of experience designing and implementing networking and security solutions in the US Government insurance financial and other commercial industries He was the lead author for the book entitled IT Security Interviews Exposed Secrets to Landing Your Next Information Security Job Chris lives and works in the DC Area with his wife and five children
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313
Chapter 9 OSPF 355
Chapter 10 BGP 393
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525
Glossary 649Index 675
Contents at a Glance
CONTENTS xi
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1Pre-Assessment 211 Before the Internet 4
ARPANET Genesis of the Internet 4ARPANET Challenges and the Origin of TCPIP 6From War Room to Boardroom The Internet Comes of Age 8
12 Service Providers and Content Providers 913 Modern Internet Service Providers 1314 Overview of TCPIP 15
Understanding the TCPIP Layers 18Forwarding Data 21The OSI Reference Model 27
Chapter Review 31Post-Assessment 32
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Pre-Assessment 3821 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router Family 40
The Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch Group 42Control Plane versus Data Plane 44Physical Components of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Series 45How Packets Are Processed by the IOM 47Basic Bootup Components 48System Initialization Process 50The Boot Options 51
22 Command-Line Interface 54Provisioning the Alcatel-Lucent SRESS Systems 58Using Logs and Alarms 62
Contents
xii CONTENTS
Practice Lab Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the CLI 66Lab Section 21 First Contact 66Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 69Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 75
Chapter Review 78Post-Assessment 79
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83Pre-Assessment 8431 OSI Layer 2 Overview 86
Types of Data Link Layer Protocols 87Scope of the Data Link Layer 88
32 Layer 2 Protocols PPP ATM and Time Division Multiplexing 90PPP The Point-to-Point Protocol 90Circuit-Switching and ATM 93Time Division Multiplexing 97Broadcast and Shared Access Data Links 98
33 Ethernet Overview 100Ethernet Addressing and Operations 106Ethernet TransmissionmdashCSMACD 109Ethernet Physical Standards 114
Practice Lab Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 116Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 117Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 120Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 123
Chapter Review 126Post-Assessment 127
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131Pre-Assessment 13241 Ethernet Devices Hubs and Switches 13442 Ethernet Switching Operations 13643 Ethernet Link Redundancy LAG 139
LAG Configuration 14044 Ethernet Path Redundancy STP 143
Using STP to Prevent Loops 146
CONTENTS xiii
45 Virtual LANs 154Chapter Review 163Post-Assessment 165
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169Pre-Assessment 17051 Interconnecting Networks 172
The Need for Layer 3 172How Layer 3 Functions 173
52 The IP Header 177IP Header Fields 178
53 IP Addressing 180Class-Based IP Addressing 184Private IP Addressing 189Types of IP Addresses 189
54 IP Subnetting 192Identifying an IP Subnet 193IP Subnet Address Planning 197IP Subnets and VLSM Examples 202Subnet Creation Exercises 207Answers to Subnet Questions 209
55 CIDR and Route AggregationmdashThe End of Classful IP Addressing 211CIDR versus VLSM 215
Practice Lab IP Addressing and Routing 218Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 219Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 221Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 224
Chapter Review 231Post-Assessment 232
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237Pre-Assessment 23861 The IP Forwarding Process 24062 Typical IP Configurations 243
NAT and PAT 246DHCP 249
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
About the Contributing AuthorChris Butler a Senior Network Architect currently working for the US Government has 15+ years of experience designing and implementing networking and security solutions in the US Government insurance financial and other commercial industries He was the lead author for the book entitled IT Security Interviews Exposed Secrets to Landing Your Next Information Security Job Chris lives and works in the DC Area with his wife and five children
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313
Chapter 9 OSPF 355
Chapter 10 BGP 393
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525
Glossary 649Index 675
Contents at a Glance
CONTENTS xi
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1Pre-Assessment 211 Before the Internet 4
ARPANET Genesis of the Internet 4ARPANET Challenges and the Origin of TCPIP 6From War Room to Boardroom The Internet Comes of Age 8
12 Service Providers and Content Providers 913 Modern Internet Service Providers 1314 Overview of TCPIP 15
Understanding the TCPIP Layers 18Forwarding Data 21The OSI Reference Model 27
Chapter Review 31Post-Assessment 32
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Pre-Assessment 3821 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router Family 40
The Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch Group 42Control Plane versus Data Plane 44Physical Components of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Series 45How Packets Are Processed by the IOM 47Basic Bootup Components 48System Initialization Process 50The Boot Options 51
22 Command-Line Interface 54Provisioning the Alcatel-Lucent SRESS Systems 58Using Logs and Alarms 62
Contents
xii CONTENTS
Practice Lab Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the CLI 66Lab Section 21 First Contact 66Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 69Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 75
Chapter Review 78Post-Assessment 79
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83Pre-Assessment 8431 OSI Layer 2 Overview 86
Types of Data Link Layer Protocols 87Scope of the Data Link Layer 88
32 Layer 2 Protocols PPP ATM and Time Division Multiplexing 90PPP The Point-to-Point Protocol 90Circuit-Switching and ATM 93Time Division Multiplexing 97Broadcast and Shared Access Data Links 98
33 Ethernet Overview 100Ethernet Addressing and Operations 106Ethernet TransmissionmdashCSMACD 109Ethernet Physical Standards 114
Practice Lab Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 116Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 117Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 120Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 123
Chapter Review 126Post-Assessment 127
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131Pre-Assessment 13241 Ethernet Devices Hubs and Switches 13442 Ethernet Switching Operations 13643 Ethernet Link Redundancy LAG 139
LAG Configuration 14044 Ethernet Path Redundancy STP 143
Using STP to Prevent Loops 146
CONTENTS xiii
45 Virtual LANs 154Chapter Review 163Post-Assessment 165
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169Pre-Assessment 17051 Interconnecting Networks 172
The Need for Layer 3 172How Layer 3 Functions 173
52 The IP Header 177IP Header Fields 178
53 IP Addressing 180Class-Based IP Addressing 184Private IP Addressing 189Types of IP Addresses 189
54 IP Subnetting 192Identifying an IP Subnet 193IP Subnet Address Planning 197IP Subnets and VLSM Examples 202Subnet Creation Exercises 207Answers to Subnet Questions 209
55 CIDR and Route AggregationmdashThe End of Classful IP Addressing 211CIDR versus VLSM 215
Practice Lab IP Addressing and Routing 218Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 219Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 221Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 224
Chapter Review 231Post-Assessment 232
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237Pre-Assessment 23861 The IP Forwarding Process 24062 Typical IP Configurations 243
NAT and PAT 246DHCP 249
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313
Chapter 9 OSPF 355
Chapter 10 BGP 393
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525
Glossary 649Index 675
Contents at a Glance
CONTENTS xi
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1Pre-Assessment 211 Before the Internet 4
ARPANET Genesis of the Internet 4ARPANET Challenges and the Origin of TCPIP 6From War Room to Boardroom The Internet Comes of Age 8
12 Service Providers and Content Providers 913 Modern Internet Service Providers 1314 Overview of TCPIP 15
Understanding the TCPIP Layers 18Forwarding Data 21The OSI Reference Model 27
Chapter Review 31Post-Assessment 32
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Pre-Assessment 3821 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router Family 40
The Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch Group 42Control Plane versus Data Plane 44Physical Components of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Series 45How Packets Are Processed by the IOM 47Basic Bootup Components 48System Initialization Process 50The Boot Options 51
22 Command-Line Interface 54Provisioning the Alcatel-Lucent SRESS Systems 58Using Logs and Alarms 62
Contents
xii CONTENTS
Practice Lab Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the CLI 66Lab Section 21 First Contact 66Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 69Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 75
Chapter Review 78Post-Assessment 79
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83Pre-Assessment 8431 OSI Layer 2 Overview 86
Types of Data Link Layer Protocols 87Scope of the Data Link Layer 88
32 Layer 2 Protocols PPP ATM and Time Division Multiplexing 90PPP The Point-to-Point Protocol 90Circuit-Switching and ATM 93Time Division Multiplexing 97Broadcast and Shared Access Data Links 98
33 Ethernet Overview 100Ethernet Addressing and Operations 106Ethernet TransmissionmdashCSMACD 109Ethernet Physical Standards 114
Practice Lab Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 116Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 117Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 120Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 123
Chapter Review 126Post-Assessment 127
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131Pre-Assessment 13241 Ethernet Devices Hubs and Switches 13442 Ethernet Switching Operations 13643 Ethernet Link Redundancy LAG 139
LAG Configuration 14044 Ethernet Path Redundancy STP 143
Using STP to Prevent Loops 146
CONTENTS xiii
45 Virtual LANs 154Chapter Review 163Post-Assessment 165
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169Pre-Assessment 17051 Interconnecting Networks 172
The Need for Layer 3 172How Layer 3 Functions 173
52 The IP Header 177IP Header Fields 178
53 IP Addressing 180Class-Based IP Addressing 184Private IP Addressing 189Types of IP Addresses 189
54 IP Subnetting 192Identifying an IP Subnet 193IP Subnet Address Planning 197IP Subnets and VLSM Examples 202Subnet Creation Exercises 207Answers to Subnet Questions 209
55 CIDR and Route AggregationmdashThe End of Classful IP Addressing 211CIDR versus VLSM 215
Practice Lab IP Addressing and Routing 218Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 219Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 221Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 224
Chapter Review 231Post-Assessment 232
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237Pre-Assessment 23861 The IP Forwarding Process 24062 Typical IP Configurations 243
NAT and PAT 246DHCP 249
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
CONTENTS xi
Foreword xixIntroduction xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction To Networking 1Pre-Assessment 211 Before the Internet 4
ARPANET Genesis of the Internet 4ARPANET Challenges and the Origin of TCPIP 6From War Room to Boardroom The Internet Comes of Age 8
12 Service Providers and Content Providers 913 Modern Internet Service Providers 1314 Overview of TCPIP 15
Understanding the TCPIP Layers 18Forwarding Data 21The OSI Reference Model 27
Chapter Review 31Post-Assessment 32
Chapter 2 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Components and the Command-Line Interface 37
Pre-Assessment 3821 The Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router Family 40
The Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch Group 42Control Plane versus Data Plane 44Physical Components of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and 7450 ESS Series 45How Packets Are Processed by the IOM 47Basic Bootup Components 48System Initialization Process 50The Boot Options 51
22 Command-Line Interface 54Provisioning the Alcatel-Lucent SRESS Systems 58Using Logs and Alarms 62
Contents
xii CONTENTS
Practice Lab Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the CLI 66Lab Section 21 First Contact 66Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 69Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 75
Chapter Review 78Post-Assessment 79
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83Pre-Assessment 8431 OSI Layer 2 Overview 86
Types of Data Link Layer Protocols 87Scope of the Data Link Layer 88
32 Layer 2 Protocols PPP ATM and Time Division Multiplexing 90PPP The Point-to-Point Protocol 90Circuit-Switching and ATM 93Time Division Multiplexing 97Broadcast and Shared Access Data Links 98
33 Ethernet Overview 100Ethernet Addressing and Operations 106Ethernet TransmissionmdashCSMACD 109Ethernet Physical Standards 114
Practice Lab Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 116Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 117Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 120Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 123
Chapter Review 126Post-Assessment 127
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131Pre-Assessment 13241 Ethernet Devices Hubs and Switches 13442 Ethernet Switching Operations 13643 Ethernet Link Redundancy LAG 139
LAG Configuration 14044 Ethernet Path Redundancy STP 143
Using STP to Prevent Loops 146
CONTENTS xiii
45 Virtual LANs 154Chapter Review 163Post-Assessment 165
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169Pre-Assessment 17051 Interconnecting Networks 172
The Need for Layer 3 172How Layer 3 Functions 173
52 The IP Header 177IP Header Fields 178
53 IP Addressing 180Class-Based IP Addressing 184Private IP Addressing 189Types of IP Addresses 189
54 IP Subnetting 192Identifying an IP Subnet 193IP Subnet Address Planning 197IP Subnets and VLSM Examples 202Subnet Creation Exercises 207Answers to Subnet Questions 209
55 CIDR and Route AggregationmdashThe End of Classful IP Addressing 211CIDR versus VLSM 215
Practice Lab IP Addressing and Routing 218Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 219Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 221Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 224
Chapter Review 231Post-Assessment 232
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237Pre-Assessment 23861 The IP Forwarding Process 24062 Typical IP Configurations 243
NAT and PAT 246DHCP 249
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
xii CONTENTS
Practice Lab Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the CLI 66Lab Section 21 First Contact 66Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 69Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 75
Chapter Review 78Post-Assessment 79
Chapter 3 Data Link Overview 83Pre-Assessment 8431 OSI Layer 2 Overview 86
Types of Data Link Layer Protocols 87Scope of the Data Link Layer 88
32 Layer 2 Protocols PPP ATM and Time Division Multiplexing 90PPP The Point-to-Point Protocol 90Circuit-Switching and ATM 93Time Division Multiplexing 97Broadcast and Shared Access Data Links 98
33 Ethernet Overview 100Ethernet Addressing and Operations 106Ethernet TransmissionmdashCSMACD 109Ethernet Physical Standards 114
Practice Lab Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 116Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 117Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 120Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 123
Chapter Review 126Post-Assessment 127
Chapter 4 Switched Networks Spanning Tree and VLANs 131Pre-Assessment 13241 Ethernet Devices Hubs and Switches 13442 Ethernet Switching Operations 13643 Ethernet Link Redundancy LAG 139
LAG Configuration 14044 Ethernet Path Redundancy STP 143
Using STP to Prevent Loops 146
CONTENTS xiii
45 Virtual LANs 154Chapter Review 163Post-Assessment 165
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169Pre-Assessment 17051 Interconnecting Networks 172
The Need for Layer 3 172How Layer 3 Functions 173
52 The IP Header 177IP Header Fields 178
53 IP Addressing 180Class-Based IP Addressing 184Private IP Addressing 189Types of IP Addresses 189
54 IP Subnetting 192Identifying an IP Subnet 193IP Subnet Address Planning 197IP Subnets and VLSM Examples 202Subnet Creation Exercises 207Answers to Subnet Questions 209
55 CIDR and Route AggregationmdashThe End of Classful IP Addressing 211CIDR versus VLSM 215
Practice Lab IP Addressing and Routing 218Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 219Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 221Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 224
Chapter Review 231Post-Assessment 232
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237Pre-Assessment 23861 The IP Forwarding Process 24062 Typical IP Configurations 243
NAT and PAT 246DHCP 249
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
CONTENTS xiii
45 Virtual LANs 154Chapter Review 163Post-Assessment 165
Chapter 5 IP Addressing 169Pre-Assessment 17051 Interconnecting Networks 172
The Need for Layer 3 172How Layer 3 Functions 173
52 The IP Header 177IP Header Fields 178
53 IP Addressing 180Class-Based IP Addressing 184Private IP Addressing 189Types of IP Addresses 189
54 IP Subnetting 192Identifying an IP Subnet 193IP Subnet Address Planning 197IP Subnets and VLSM Examples 202Subnet Creation Exercises 207Answers to Subnet Questions 209
55 CIDR and Route AggregationmdashThe End of Classful IP Addressing 211CIDR versus VLSM 215
Practice Lab IP Addressing and Routing 218Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 219Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 221Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 224
Chapter Review 231Post-Assessment 232
Chapter 6 IP Forwarding and Services 237Pre-Assessment 23861 The IP Forwarding Process 24062 Typical IP Configurations 243
NAT and PAT 246DHCP 249
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
xiv CONTENTS
63 Additional IP-Related Services 252ICMP 252ARP 254
64 IP Filtering 260Practice Lab ICMP and ARP 267
Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 268Chapter Review 273Post-Assessment 274
Chapter 7 Transport Layer ServicesmdashTCP and UDP 279Pre-Assessment 28071 Understanding the Transport Layer 28272 Transport Control Protocol (TCP) 284
The TCP Header 286Establishing a TCP ConnectionmdashThe Three-Way Handshake 289TCP Reliable Data Transfer 290TCP Flow Control 293TCP Operation 295Congestion Control in TCP 297
73 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 300Capabilities of UDP 301The UDP Header 302UDP Similarities with TCP 303
74 Port Numbers and Sockets 304Chapter Review 306Post-Assessment 308
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 313Pre-Assessment 31481 IP Routing Concepts and Purposes 316
IGPs and EGPs 317IP Forwarding Using the Routing Table 318Building a Routing Table 322IP Forwarding Details 325Selecting Routes from Multiple Routing Protocols 328
82 Static and Default Routes 33183 Dynamic Routing Protocols 334
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
CONTENTS xv
Practice Lab Introduction to IP Routing 340Lab Section 81 Static Routes 341Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 345
Chapter Review 350Post-Assessment 351
Chapter 9 OSPF 355Pre-Assessment 35691 Introduction to OSPF 358
The Shortest Path First Algorithm 359Additional OSPF Features 360
92 Router IDs and Their Function 361OSPF Point-to-Point Adjacencies 362Forming an OSPF Adjacency 364OSPF Commands 367
93 Link State Updates and Flooding 375OSPF Metrics and SPF Calculation 379
Practice Lab Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 381Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 382
Chapter Review 387Post-Assessment 388
Chapter 10 BGP 393Pre-Assessment 394101 Interior and Exterior Gateway Protocols 396102 Autonomous Systems 398103 History and Features of BGP 400104 BGP Metrics 403105 When to Use BGP 405106 Packet Details and Operation 406
BGP Update Processing 407107 BGP Case Studies 408
Use Case I 408Use Case II 410Use Case III 411
Practice Lab BGP Routing 412Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 413Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 417
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
xvi CONTENTS
Chapter Review 421Post-Assessment 423
Chapter 11 MPLS and VPN Services 427Pre-Assessment 428111 Services Overview 430
The Building Blocks of MPLS and VPN Services 431Understanding VPN Services 433Understanding MPLS 435Understanding LDP 437
112 MPLS in Detail 440113 VPN Services in Detail 443
VPWS 444VPLS 445VPRN 447
Practice Lab Services 449Lab Section 111 Services Framework 450Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 457
Chapter Review 464Post-Assessment 465
Appendix A Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers 469Assessment Questions 470
Chapter 1 470Chapter 2 473Chapter 3 476Chapter 4 479Chapter 5 483Chapter 6 487Chapter 7 490Chapter 8 493Chapter 9 497Chapter 10 500Chapter 11 503
Answers to Assessment Questions 506Chapter 1 506Chapter 2 507Chapter 3 509
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
CONTENTS xvii
Chapter 4 510Chapter 5 512Chapter 6 514Chapter 7 516Chapter 8 517Chapter 9 519Chapter 10 520Chapter 11 522
Appendix B Lab Exercises and Solutions 525Chapter 2 Alcatel-Lucent 77507450 Hardware and the Command Line Interface 526
Lab Section 21 First Contact 526Lab Section 22 What Is the Router Doing Getting Help and Information 529Lab Section 23 Saving Configuration Changes 534
Chapter 3 Configuring IOMs MDAs and Ports 538Lab Section 31 A Full Deck of Cards 539Lab Section 32 An MDA for Every Need 542Lab Section 33 All Ports UpTo L2 Ethernet 545
Chapter 5 IP Addressing and Routing 548Lab Section 51 IP Addressing with Enterprise Customers 548Lab Section 52 IP Addressing with P PE and CE Routers 550Lab Section 53 Layer 3 Interfaces 554
Chapter 6 ICMP and ARP 560Lab Section 61 Testing for ICMP and ARP 560
Chapter 8 Introduction to IP Routing 565Lab Section 81 Static Routes 566Lab Section 82 Default Routes and Router Logic 569
Chapter 9 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) 574Lab Section 91 Single Area OSPF 574
Chapter 10 BGP Routing 580Lab Section 101 External BGP Routing 581Lab Section 102 Internal BGP Routing 585
Chapter 11 Services 590Lab Section 111 Services Framework 591Lab Section 112 VPLS Example 599
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
Solutions 606Lab Section 21 Exercises 606Lab Section 22 Exercises 606Lab Section 23 Exercises 608Lab Section 31 Exercises 609Lab Section 32 Exercises 610Lab Section 33 Exercises 611Lab Section 51 Exercises 613Lab Section 52 Exercises 613Lab Section 53 Exercises 615Lab Section 61 Exercises 618Lab Section 81 Exercises 620Lab Section 82 Exercises 623Lab Section 91 Exercises 625Lab Section 101 Exercises 628Lab Section 102 Exercises 629Lab Section 111 Exercises 638Lab Section 112 Exercises 639
Glossary 649Index 675
xviii CONTENTS
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
Foreword
The Internet continues to change the way the world communicates New appli-cations steadily emerge facilitating meaningful links between information
content and people Video is increasingly a part of the web experience and social networks have formed around all conceivable communities of interest We have every reason to believe that highly collaborative multimedia applications will continue to flourish and that the Web 20 user experience will draw on innovative content distri-bution mechanisms
Service providers need to build operate and maintain their IP networks to meet the demands of these new applications and do so in a profitable manner Your invest-ment in this introductory certification from the SRC program will be critical to understanding how to balance the growth in transport costs associated with massive amounts of Internet traffic with the need to extract greater value from more sophisti-cated services
Scaling routing performance while also scaling service sophistication requires meaningful changes to basic router and network design an evolution from Internet routing to Service Routing Five years after we introduced the worldrsquos first Service Router the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR this new approach has been widely embraced From a standing start the 7750 SR family of routers has grown quickly to over 260 deployments around the world
The need for Service Routing arises as providers attempt to implement more than basic Internet service on an IPMPLS network Any application that requires more than best-effort handling including VPNs voice and video requires a host of impor-tant new features to operate effectively In addition to scaling in multiple dimensions operational and resiliency considerations are central to making IPMPLS platforms the common bearer of multi-service traffic
In summary a new era in building networks is upon us With this certification you will be well positioned to help your employer or customer in this all-important transi-tion maximizing their opportunity and the value of their capital investments
Basil AlwanPresident IP DivisionAlcatel-Lucent
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
Introduction
This book is based on the Alcatel-Lucentrsquos Scalable IP Networks course It is designed to teach you the same material that is in the course and prepare you for
the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification exam (4A0-100) Like the course this book teaches IP professionals the fundamentals of IP Service Routing and so it is designed for network professionals with a limited knowledge of IP and Eth-ernet networking technologies
While the primary focus of the book is to prepare you for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam bear in mind that the technologies discussed are also relevant to everyday networking activities and so the book can be useful as a reference even for those not intending to take the exam However the primary goal of this work is to prepare the reader to take the 4A0-100 exam and thus not all topics are covered at the same level of detail that they might be for a general-purpose work on networking Every effort has been made to cover the topics at a sufficient level of detail to prepare someone to take and pass the exam without giving too much information to overwhelm a network newcomer The level of information for each topic has been carefully chosen to match the level of the exam
Like the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course the book has many objec-tives Upon completing study of the topics contained in this work the reader should be able to perform the following tasks
Describe the use of the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router (SR) and the Alcatel-bullLucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet
Execute basic commands with the Alcatel-Lucent SR command-line interface (CLI)bull
Describe the purpose and operations of common Layer 2 technologiesbull
Describe the IP forwarding processbull
Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundariesbull
Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarizationbull
Explain the differences between static routes and dynamic routing protocolsbull
Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF networkbull
Explain the purpose and basic features of BGPbull
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
xxii INTRODUCTION
Explain the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an bullIP network
Describe the MPLS-based VPN services supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR bullVPWS VPLS and VPRN
Your success at understanding these objectives will determine your success on the exam Each of these topics is covered in sufficient detail in this book to enable you to succeed when you take the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam if you apply yourself diligently to studying the materials Some of the materials covered such as IP subnetting may be challenging and daunting to a network newcomer However we have strived to clearly explain the more difficult information and to provide guidance and examples that will help you understand the explanations The Lab Exercises attached to the chapters will give you the opportunity to practice your new knowledge
How This Book Is OrganizedThis book follows the outline of the Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks course In the first chapter we will give an introduction to the Internet and its history and a brief overview of the TCPIP protocol suite Chapter 2 examines the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Services Router and the Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Services Switch and provides an overview of the command-line interface used on both systems Chapter 3 covers data link technologies paying particular emphasis to the Ethernet protocol Chapter 4 continues the discussion of Ethernet by looking at Ethernet switching and virtual LAN technology
Chapter 5 looks at the IP protocol including its addressing structure and covers the concept of subnetting complete with some sample exercises for creating subnets Chapter 6 looks at the IP packet forwarding process and also some value-added ser-vices such as IP packet filtering Chapter 7 concentrates on examining the upper transport layers of the IP stack and discusses both Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Chapter 8 begins a discussion of IP rout-ing protocols and how they function in an IP network Chapter 9 continues the dis-cussion of IP routing by examining the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol Chapter 10 concludes the discussion of IP routing with a discussion of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) We conclude in Chapter 11 with a discussion of Multi Pro-tocol Label Switching (MPLS) and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
INTRODUCTION xxiii
Each chapter begins with a few pre-assessment questions to give you a flavor of the chapter content and a post-assessment quiz to test your understanding of the mate-rial You can find all the assessment questions and their answers in Appendix A Most chapters include a Lab Exercises section to give you practical experience to reinforce what you are learning The Lab Exercises from all chapters are collected in Appen-dix B along with the exercise solutions
In topics related to networking it is not possible to avoid TLAs (Three-Letter Acro-nyms) or acronyms in general The acronyms are so heavily used in the networking industry that some of the terms are more readily recognized by their acronyms rather than through the expanded term For easy reference most of the commonly used terms and acronyms in the book are listed along with their definitions in the Glossary at the end of the book
Conventions Used in the BookAlcatel-Lucent provides a modular approach for configuring the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR and Alcatel-Lucent 7450 ESS products In this approach most of the IP addressing and IP protocol features are configured in a modular fashion The modular approach makes IP network designs simple and elegant This makes node configurations easier to understand and maintain
CLI commands are entered at the command-line prompt Entering a command makes navigation possible from one command context (or level) to another When you initially enter a CLI session you are in the root context At the root context the prompt indicates the active Central Processor Module (CPM) slot and the name of the node (For more information on CPM see Chapter 2) Navigate to another level by entering the name of successively lower contexts As you change through the levels the prompt also changes to indicate the context you are in Listing 1 shows an example CLI navigation and prompt change according to the context
Listing 1 Navigation and prompt change
AAIRP_R01AAIRP_R01 show AAIRP_R01gtshow
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
xxiv INT RODUCTION
The root prompt of Listing 1 indicates that the active CPM slot of the node is A and the name of the node is configured as AIRP_R01 In the listing upon entering the com-mand show the prompt changes to indicate the show context As you can see in this paragraph when CLI codes are used inline along with the main text they are indi-cated by the use of monofont text
A standard set of icons are used throughout this book A representation of these icons and their meanings are listed under the section ldquoStandard Iconsrdquo
AudienceThis book is targeted for network professionals who have some experience with IP and Ethernet networks and who need to prepare for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam (4A0-100) While the topics covered are of general use and information for any networking professional the level of detail and the particular aspects of the technologies covered match explicitly what is needed to prepare for the exam
This book assumes that the reader has a basic knowledge of networking the Inter-net or IP protocol and experience with binary numbers Familiarity with configur-ing the Alcatel-Lucent 7750 Service Router or Alcatel-Lucent 7450 Ethernet Service Switch platforms will be helpful but it is not required In order to perform the labs in the book you will need access to Alcatel-Lucent 7750 SR platforms However even if you do not have this access you can still glean valuable information by reading through the labs to see the types of configuration tasks that are relevant to the topics under discussion
Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for additional information on the Alcatel-Lucent SRC Program
Feedback Is WelcomeIt would be our pleasure to hear back from you Please forward your comments and suggestions for improvements to the following email address
srpublicationsalcatel-lucentcom
Welcome to your preparation guide for the Alcatel-Lucent NRS I exam and good luck with your studies and your career
Kent HundleyAlcatel-Lucent NRS I No1558
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
INTRODUCTION xxv
The Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification Program OverviewFirst in its class the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program offers extensive training to arm students with the skills confidence and credibility necessary to work in complex network environments Through its rich focus on solu-tions and services the SRC program meets the critical requirements for the third wave of IP innovation to meet service provider expectations The Alcatel-Lucent SRC pro-gram is specifically designed to equip networking engineers as well as operations and strategic planning staff with the skills necessary to meet new operational challenges and to align network changes with their companiesrsquo business goals Adding video and VoIP to the service mix creates an entirely new set of networking architectural chal-lenges The SRC program is unique in its ability to prepare service provider support staff to address these challenges both now and in the future
The SRC program offers four certifications
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist Ibull
Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist IIbull
Alcatel-Lucent Triple Play Routing Professionalbull
Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Architectbull
Based on their experience expertise and goals students can choose which certifi-cation to follow Certifications are awarded based on the successful completion of the relevant mandatory exams
Courses from the SRC Program are delivered at Alcatel-Lucent sites globally Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc for the latest class schedules
Alcatel-Lucent provides credit for some Cisco and Juniper IP certifications Visit wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrcexemptions for a detailed overview of certification exemptions
The Scalable IP Networks Self-Study Guide is published by the Alcatel-Lucent Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program (wwwalcatel-lucentcomsrc)
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
xxvi INTRODUCTION
Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam (4A0-100)The Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks Exam is delivered by Prometric a leading global provider of testing and assessment services Prometric offers exam registration online by telephone or by walk-in (in selected locations) The exam is delivered in English in a secure and supervised environment at Prometricrsquos global test sites Partici-pants have 75 minutes to answer 60 randomly generated questions There are no exam prerequisites Once Alcatel-Lucent has received the result for your exam (typically within 5 business days) an acknowledgment of your result will be sent to you
Upon successful completion of the exam (4A0-100) participants will receive the Alcatel-Lucent Network Routing Specialist I Certification The Alcatel-Lucent NRS I Certification is the introductory certification in the Alcatel- Lucent Service Routing Certification Program
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
INTRODUCTION xxvii
Standard Icons
Webserver
Providerrouter
Providerswitch
Home
Fileserver
Databaseserver
Enterpriserouter
Enterpriseserver
Office
ISP A POP ISP B POP IXP
Modem Hub
